blob: 5f16ef3d1346b7fe923d63891b4b63ce9f81881a [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
David Chisnall44663db2009-08-17 16:35:33 +000029
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000030/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
31/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
32///
33/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
34/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
35/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
36/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
37/// function is being used.
38///
39/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
40/// referenced), false otherwise.
41bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000042 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000043 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000044 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
45 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
46 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000047 bool isSilenced = false;
48
49 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
50 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
51 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000053
54 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
55 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
56 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
57 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
58 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
59 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
60 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
61
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000062 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000177 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000178 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000179 }
180 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000181}
182
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000183SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
184 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
185 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
186}
187
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000188//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
189// Standard Promotions and Conversions
190//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
193void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
194 QualType Ty = E->getType();
195 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
196
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000199 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
200 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
201 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
202 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
203 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
204 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
205 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000206 //
207 // C++ 4.2p1:
208 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
209 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
210 //
211 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
212 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson5c09af02009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000213 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
214 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000215 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216}
217
218/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
219/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
220/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
221/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
222/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
223Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
224 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
225 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
226
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000227 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
228 //
229 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
230 // unsigned int may be used:
231 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
232 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
233 // and unsigned int.
234 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
235 //
236 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
237 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
238 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
239 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000240 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
241 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
242 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
243 return Expr;
244 }
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000245 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman6ae7d112009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000246 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
247 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000248 return Expr;
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000249 }
250
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000251 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return Expr;
253}
254
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000255/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
256/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
257/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
258void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
259 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
260 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
261
262 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
263 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
264 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
265 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
266
267 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
268}
269
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000270/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
271/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
272/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
273/// completely illegal.
274bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000275 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
276
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000277 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
278 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
279 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
280 << Expr->getType() << CT;
281 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000282 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000283
284 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
285 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
286 << Expr->getType() << CT;
287
288 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000289}
290
291
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000292/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
293/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
294/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
295/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
296/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
297/// GCC.
298QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
299 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000300 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302
303 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000304
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000305 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
306 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000307 QualType lhs =
308 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
309 QualType rhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000311
312 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
313 if (lhs == rhs)
314 return lhs;
315
316 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
317 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
318 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
319 return lhs;
320
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000321 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000322 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
324 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000325 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000326 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
327 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
328
Eli Friedman6ae7d112009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000329 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000330 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000331 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 return destType;
334}
335
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
337// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339
340
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000341/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000342/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
343/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
344/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
345/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000346///
347Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000348Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000349 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
350
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000351 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000352 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000353 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000354
355 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
356 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
357 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000358
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000359 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000360 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000362
363 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
364 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
365 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000366
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
368 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
369 // strings.
370 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000371 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000372 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000373
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000374 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000375 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
376 Literal.GetStringLength(),
377 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
378 &StringTokLocs[0],
379 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000380}
381
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000382/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
383/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
384/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
385/// for values inside the block or for globals).
386///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000387/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
388/// up-to-date.
389///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
391 ValueDecl *VD) {
392 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
393 // we wanted to.
394 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
395 return false;
396
397 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
398 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
399 return false;
400
401 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
402 // snapshot it.
403 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
404 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000405 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
406 return false;
407
408 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
409 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
410
411 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
412 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
413 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
414 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
415 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
416 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
417 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
418 // having a reference outside it.
419 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
420 break;
421
422 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
423 // a snapshot as well.
424 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
425 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000426
427 return true;
428}
429
430
431
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000432/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000433/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000434/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000435/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000436/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
438 IdentifierInfo &II,
439 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
441 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
442 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000443 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000444}
445
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000446/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
447/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
448/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000449Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000450Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
451 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
452 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000453 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
454 Diag(Loc,
455 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
456 << D->getDeclName();
457 return ExprError();
458 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000459
460 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
461 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
462 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
463 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
464 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
465 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
466 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
467 << D->getIdentifier();
468 return ExprError();
469 }
470 }
471 }
472 }
473
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000474 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000475
476 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000477 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
479 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000480 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000481 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000482 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
483
484 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000485}
486
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000487/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
488/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
489/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000490static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
491 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
493 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
494
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000495 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
496 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
497 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000498 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000499 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
500 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000501 D != DEnd; ++D) {
502 if (*D == Record) {
503 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
504 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
505 ++D;
506 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000507 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000508 return *D;
509 }
510 }
511
512 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
513 return 0;
514}
515
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000516/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
517/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
518/// actual member.
519///
520/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
521/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
522/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
523/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
524/// we found.
525///
526/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
527/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
528/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
529VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
530 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000531 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
532 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
533 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
534
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000535 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000536 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
537 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
538 do {
539 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000540 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000541 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000542 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 else {
544 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
545 break;
546 }
547 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
548 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
549 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000550
551 return BaseObject;
552}
553
554Sema::OwningExprResult
555Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
556 FieldDecl *Field,
557 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
558 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
559 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
560 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
561 AnonFields);
562
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000563 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
564 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
565 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
566 // found via name lookup.
567 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
568 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
569 if (BaseObject) {
570 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
571 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000572 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000573 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000574 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000575 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 ExtraQuals
577 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
578 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
579 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
580 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
581 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
582 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000583 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000584 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
585 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
586 }
587 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
588 } else {
589 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
590 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
591 // program our base object expression is "this".
592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
593 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
594 QualType AnonFieldType
595 = Context.getTagDeclType(
596 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
597 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
598 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
599 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
600 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
601 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000603 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
605 }
606 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
611 }
612
613 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
615 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000616 }
617
618 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
619 // anonymous struct/union.
620 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000621 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000622 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
623 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
624 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
625 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
626 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
627 unsigned combinedQualifiers
628 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
629 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
630 }
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000631 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
632 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000633 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000634 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
635 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000636 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
637 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638 }
639
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000640 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000641}
642
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000643/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
644/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
645/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
646/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
647/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
648/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
649/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
650/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
651/// forms.
652///
653/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
654/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
655/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
656/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000657///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000658/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
659/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
660/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
661/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000662Sema::OwningExprResult
663Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
664 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000665 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000666 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000667 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000668 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
669 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000670
671 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
672 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
673 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
674 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000675 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000676 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000677 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
678 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000679 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
680 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000681 }
682
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000683 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
684 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000685
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000686 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
687 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
688 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
689 : SourceRange());
690 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000691 }
692
693 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000694
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
696 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000697 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
698 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000699 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
700 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000701 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
702 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
703 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000704 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000705 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000707 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000708 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000709 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
710 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000711
712 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
713 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
714 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
715 return ExprError();
716
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000717 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
718 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
719 // an error.
720 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
721 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
722 << IV->getDeclName());
723 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
724 // same name exists, use the global.
725 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000726 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
727 ClassDeclared != IFace)
728 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000729 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
730 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000731 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000732 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
733 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000734 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000735 return Owned(new (Context)
736 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000737 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000738 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000739 }
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000740 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000741 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
742 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000743 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000744 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000745 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
746 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000747 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000748 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000749 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000750 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000751 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000752 QualType T;
753
754 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000755 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
756 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000757 else
758 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000759 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000760 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000761 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000762
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000763 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
764 // argument-dependent lookup.
765 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
766 HasTrailingLParen;
767
768 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000769 // We've seen something of the form
770 //
771 // identifier(
772 //
773 // and we did not find any entity by the name
774 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
775 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
776 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
777 Context.OverloadTy,
778 Loc));
779 }
780
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000781 if (D == 0) {
782 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
783 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000784 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000785 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000786 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000787 else {
788 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
789 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000790 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
792 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000795 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
796 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000797 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000799 }
800 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000801
802 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
803 // Warn about constructs like:
804 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
805 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
806
807 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
808 // information to check this property.
809 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
810 Scope *CheckS = S;
811 while (CheckS) {
812 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
813 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
814 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
815 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
816 << Var->getDeclName());
817 else
818 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
819 << Var->getDeclName());
820 break;
821 }
822
823 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
824 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
825 if (CheckS)
826 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
827 }
828 }
829 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
830 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
831 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
832 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
833 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
834 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
835 // type.
836 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
837 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000838
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 QualType T = Func->getType();
840 QualType NoProtoType = T;
841 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
842 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
843 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
844 }
845 }
846
847 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
848}
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000849/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000850bool
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000851Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
852 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
853 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
854 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
855 QualType DestType =
856 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000857 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
858 return false;
859 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
860 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000861 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000862 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
863 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000864 }
Fariborz Jahanian3ae1c802009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000865 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
866 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
867 DestRecordType,
868 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
869 From->getSourceRange()))
870 return true;
Anders Carlsson85186942009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000871 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
872 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873 }
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000874 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian80b859e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000875}
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000876
877/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
878Sema::OwningExprResult
879Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
880 bool HasTrailingLParen,
881 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
882 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
883 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
884 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
885
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000886 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
887 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
888 // not any specific instance's member.
889 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000890 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000891 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000892 QualType DType;
893 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
894 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
895 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
896 DType = Method->getType();
897 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
898 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
899 }
900 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
901 if (!DType.isNull()) {
902 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
903 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000904 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000905 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000906 }
907 }
908 }
909
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000910 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
911 // (C++ [class.union]).
912 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
913 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
914 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000915
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000916 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
917 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
918 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
919 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
920 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
921 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
922 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
923 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
924 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
925 QualType MemberType;
926 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
927 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
928 MemberType = FD->getType();
929
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000930 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000931 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
932 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
933 unsigned combinedQualifiers
934 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
935 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
936 }
937 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
938 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
939 Ctx = Method->getParent();
940 MemberType = Method->getType();
941 }
Douglas Gregor4fdcdda2009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000942 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
943 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
944 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
945 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
946 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
947 Ctx = Method->getParent();
948 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
949 }
950 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000951 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
952 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor4fdcdda2009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000953 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
954 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000955 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
956 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
957 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
958 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor4fdcdda2009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000959 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
960 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
961 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
962 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
963 else
964 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
965
966 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
967 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
968 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
969 break;
970 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000971 }
972 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000973
974 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000975 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
976 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
977 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
978 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
979 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
980 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000981 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000982 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000983 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000984 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
985 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson9fbe6872009-08-08 16:55:18 +0000986 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
987 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000988 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +0000989 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000990 }
991 }
992 }
993 }
994
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000995 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000996 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
997 if (MD->isStatic())
998 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000999 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1000 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001001 }
1002
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001003 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1004 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1005 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1007 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001008 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001009
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001010 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001011 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001012 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001013 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001014 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001015 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001016
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001017 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001018 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001019 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1020 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001021 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001022 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1023 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001024 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001026 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1027 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1028 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1029 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001030 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1031 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001032 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1033 return ExprError();
1034
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001035 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1036 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001037 return ExprError();
1038
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001039 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1040 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1041 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1042 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001043 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001044 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1045 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1046 //
1047 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001048 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001049 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001050 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001051 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001052 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001053 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1054 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001055 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001056
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001057 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001058 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1059 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001060 }
1061 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1062 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001063
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001064 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001065 bool ValueDependent = false;
1066 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1067 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1068 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1069 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1070 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1071 TypeDependent = true;
1072 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1073 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1074 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1075 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1076 TypeDependent = true;
1077 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1078 // names a dependent type.
1079 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001080 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001081 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1082 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001083 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001084 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1085 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1086 TypeDependent = true;
1087 break;
1088 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001089 }
1090 }
1091 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001092
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001093 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1094 //
1095 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1096 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1097 if (TypeDependent)
1098 ValueDependent = true;
1099 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1100 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1101 ValueDependent = true;
1102 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1103 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001104 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1105 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1106 Dcl->getInit()) {
1107 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1108 }
1109 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001110 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001111
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001112 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1113 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001114}
1115
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001116Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1117 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001118 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001119
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001120 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001121 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001122 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1123 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1124 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001125 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001126
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001127 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1128 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001129 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001130 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1131 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001132 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1133 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1134 else {
1135 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1136 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1137 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1138 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001139
1140
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001141 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001142 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001143 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001144 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145}
1146
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001147Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001148 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1149 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1150 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1151 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001152
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001153 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1154 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1155 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001157
1158 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1159
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1161 Literal.isWide(),
1162 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001163}
1164
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001165Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1166 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001167 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1168 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001169 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001170 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001171 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001172 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001173 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001174
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001175 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001176 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1177 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001178 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001180 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1181 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001182
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001183 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1184 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1185 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186 return ExprError();
1187
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001188 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001190 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001191 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001192 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001193 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001194 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001195 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001196 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001197 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001198
1199 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1200
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001201 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1202 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001203 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1204 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001205
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001206 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001207 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001208 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001209 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001210
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001211 // long long is a C99 feature.
1212 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001213 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001214 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1215
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001216 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001217 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001219 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1220 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1221 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001222 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1223 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001224 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001225 } else {
1226 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1227 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001228
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1230 // be an unsigned int.
1231 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1232
1233 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001234 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001235 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1236 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001237 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001238
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001239 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1240 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1241 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1242 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001243 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001244 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001245 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001246 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001247 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001248 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001249
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001250 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001251 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001252 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001253
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1255 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1256 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1257 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001258 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001259 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001260 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001261 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001262 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263 }
1264
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001265 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001266 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001267 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001269 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1270 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1271 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1272 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001273 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001275 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001276 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001277 }
1278 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001279
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001280 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1281 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001282 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001283 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001284 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001285 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001286 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001287
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001288 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1289 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001290 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001291 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001292 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001293
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001294 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1295 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001296 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1297 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001298
1299 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001300}
1301
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001302Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1303 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001304 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001306 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001307}
1308
1309/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1310/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001311bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001312 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1313 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1314 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001315 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1316 return false;
1317
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001318 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001319 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001320 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001321 if (isSizeof)
1322 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1323 return false;
1324 }
1325
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001326 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001327 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001328 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1329 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001330 return false;
1331 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001333 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1334 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1335 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1336 ExprRange))
1337 return true;
1338
1339 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001340 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001341 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001342 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1343 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001344 }
1345
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001346 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001347}
1348
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001349bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1350 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1351 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001352
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001353 // alignof decl is always ok.
1354 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1355 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001356
1357 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1358 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1359 return false;
1360
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001361 if (E->getBitField()) {
1362 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1363 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001364 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001365
1366 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1367 // bit-field.
1368 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump6eeaa782009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001369 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001370 return false;
1371
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001372 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1373}
1374
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001375/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1376Action::OwningExprResult
1377Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1378 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1379 if (T.isNull())
1380 return ExprError();
1381
1382 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1383 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1384 return ExprError();
1385
1386 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1387 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1388 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1389 R.getEnd()));
1390}
1391
1392/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1393/// operand.
1394Action::OwningExprResult
1395Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1396 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1397 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1398 bool isInvalid = false;
1399 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1400 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1401 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1402 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001403 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1405 isInvalid = true;
1406 } else {
1407 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1408 }
1409
1410 if (isInvalid)
1411 return ExprError();
1412
1413 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1414 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1415 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1416 R.getEnd()));
1417}
1418
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001419/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1420/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1421/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001422Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001423Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1424 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001425 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001426 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001427
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001428 if (isType) {
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001429 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1430 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001431 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1432 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001433
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001434 // Get the end location.
1435 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1436 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1437 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1438
1439 if (Result.isInvalid())
1440 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1441
1442 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001443}
1444
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001445QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001446 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1447 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001448
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001449 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001450 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1451 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001452
1453 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1454 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1455 return V->getType();
1456
1457 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001458 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1459 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001460 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001461}
1462
1463
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001464
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001465Action::OwningExprResult
1466Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1467 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001468 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1469 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001470 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001471
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001472 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1473 switch (Kind) {
1474 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1475 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1476 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1477 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1480 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1481 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001482 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001483 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1484
1485 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1486 //
1487 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1488 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1489 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1490 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1491 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1492 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1493 // argument will have value zero.
1494 Expr *Args[2] = {
1495 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001496 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1497 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001498 };
1499
1500 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1501 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001503
1504 // Perform overload resolution.
1505 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001506 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001507 case OR_Success: {
1508 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1509 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1510
1511 if (FnDecl) {
1512 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1513 // operator.
1514
1515 // Convert the arguments.
1516 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1517 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001519 } else {
1520 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001521 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001522 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1523 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001524 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001525 }
1526
1527 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001528 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001529 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1530 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001531
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001532 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001533 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001534 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001535 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1536
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001537 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001538 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001539 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1540 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1541 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001542 } else {
1543 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1544 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1545 // operator node.
1546 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1547 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001549
1550 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001552 }
1553
1554 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1555 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1556 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1557 break;
1558
1559 case OR_Ambiguous:
1560 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1561 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1562 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1563 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001564 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001565
1566 case OR_Deleted:
1567 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1568 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1569 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1570 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1571 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1572 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001573 }
1574
1575 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1576 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1577 // build a built-in operation.
1578 }
1579
Eli Friedman94d30952009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001580 Input.release();
1581 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001582 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001583}
1584
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001585Action::OwningExprResult
1586Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1587 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001588 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1589 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1590
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001591 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1592 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001593
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001594 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001595 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1596 Base.release();
1597 Idx.release();
1598 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1599 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1600 }
1601
1602 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001603 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001604 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1605 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1606 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001607 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1608 // to the candidate set.
1609 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1610 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001611 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1612 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001614 // Perform overload resolution.
1615 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001616 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001617 case OR_Success: {
1618 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1619 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1620
1621 if (FnDecl) {
1622 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1623 // operator.
1624
1625 // Convert the arguments.
1626 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1627 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1628 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1629 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1630 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001632 } else {
1633 // Convert the arguments.
1634 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1635 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1636 "passing") ||
1637 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1638 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1639 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001640 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001641 }
1642
1643 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001645 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1646 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001648 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001649 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1650 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001651 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1652
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001653 Base.release();
1654 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001655 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1656 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001657 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1658 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001659 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001660 } else {
1661 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1662 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1663 // operator node.
1664 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1665 "passing") ||
1666 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1667 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001669
1670 break;
1671 }
1672 }
1673
1674 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1675 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1676 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1677 break;
1678
1679 case OR_Ambiguous:
1680 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1681 << "[]"
1682 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1683 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001685
1686 case OR_Deleted:
1687 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1688 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1689 << "[]"
1690 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1691 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1692 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001693 }
1694
1695 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1696 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1697 // build a built-in operation.
1698 }
1699
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001700 // Perform default conversions.
1701 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1702 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001703
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001704 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1705
1706 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001707 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001709 // and index from the expression types.
1710 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1711 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001712 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1713 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1714 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1715 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001716 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001717 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1718 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001719 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001720 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001721 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1722 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1723 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001724 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001725 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1726 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1727 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1728 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1729 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1730 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1731 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1732 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1733 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1734 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1735 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001736 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1737 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001738 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001739
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001740 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1741 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001742 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1743 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1744 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1745 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1746 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1747 // force the promotion here.
1748 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1749 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1750 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1751 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1752
1753 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1754 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001755 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001756 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1757 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1758 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1759 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1760 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1761 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1762
1763 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1764 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001765 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001766 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001767 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1768 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001770 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001771 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1772 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001773 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1774 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001775
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001776 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1777 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1778 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1779 // incomplete types are not object types.
1780 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1781 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1782 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1783 return ExprError();
1784 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001785
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001786 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001787 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001788 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1789 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001790
1791 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1792 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1793 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1794 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1795 return ExprError();
1796 }
1797
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798 Base.release();
1799 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001800 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001801 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001802}
1803
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001804QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001805CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001807 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001808
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001809 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1810 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001811
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001812 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001813 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1814 // to be selected.
1815 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001816
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001817 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1818 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001819 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001820
1821 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1822 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001823 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001824 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1825 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001826 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001827 do
1828 compStr++;
1829 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001830 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001831 do
1832 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001833 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001834 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001835
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001836 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001837 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1838 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001839 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1840 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001841 return QualType();
1842 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001843
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001844 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1845 // operates on.
1846 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1847 compStr = CompName.getName();
1848
1849 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001850 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001851
1852 while (*compStr) {
1853 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1855 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1856 return QualType();
1857 }
1858 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001859 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001860
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001861 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1862 // number of elements.
1863 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001864 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001865 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001866 return QualType();
1867 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001868
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001869 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001870 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001871 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001872 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001873 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1875 : CompName.getLength();
1876 if (HexSwizzle)
1877 CompSize--;
1878
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001879 if (CompSize == 1)
1880 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001881
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001882 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001883 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001884 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1885 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1886 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1887 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001888 }
1889 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001890}
1891
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001892static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1893 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001894 const Selector &Sel,
1895 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001896
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001897 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001898 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001899 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001900 return OMD;
1901
1902 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1903 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001904 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1905 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001906 return D;
1907 }
1908 return 0;
1909}
1910
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001911static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001912 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001913 const Selector &Sel,
1914 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001915 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1916 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001917 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001918 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001919 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001920 GDecl = PD;
1921 break;
1922 }
1923 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001924 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001925 GDecl = OMD;
1926 break;
1927 }
1928 }
1929 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001930 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001931 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1932 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001933 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001934 if (GDecl)
1935 return GDecl;
1936 }
1937 }
1938 return GDecl;
1939}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001940
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001941/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1942/// all base class implementations.
1943///
1944ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1945 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1946 const Selector &Sel) {
1947 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisb1c4ee52009-07-21 00:06:04 +00001948 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001949 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001950
1951 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1952 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1953 return Method;
1954}
1955
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001956Action::OwningExprResult
1957Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1958 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001959 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001960 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1961 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
1962 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1963 return ExprError();
1964
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001965 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1966 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1967
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001968 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001969 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001970
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001971 // Perform default conversions.
1972 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001973
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001974 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall44663db2009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001975 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1976 // use that.
1977 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1978 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1979 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1980 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1981 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
1982 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
1983 }
1984 } else if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1985 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1986 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
1987 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
1988 }
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001989 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001990
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001991 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1992 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001993 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00001994 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00001995 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
1996 BaseExpr, true,
1997 OpLoc,
1998 DeclarationName(&Member),
1999 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002000 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002001 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002002 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2003 ;
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002004 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002005 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2006 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2007 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002008 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002009 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2010 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2011 // (so we'll report an error for)
2012 // T* t;
2013 // t.f;
2014 //
2015 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2016 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2017 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002018 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002019
2020 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2021 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002022 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2023 BaseExpr, false,
2024 OpLoc,
2025 DeclarationName(&Member),
2026 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002027 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002028 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002029
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002030 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2031 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002032 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002034 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002035 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2036 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2037 return ExprError();
2038
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002039 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2040 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2041 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2042 // nested-name-specifier.
2043 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2044
2045 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2046 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2047 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2048 }
2049
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002050 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002051 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002052 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002053 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002054
Douglas Gregor12431cb2009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002055 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorda61ad22009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002056 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2057 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2058 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2059 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2060 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2061 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2062
2063 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2064 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2065 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2066 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2067 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2068 }
2069
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002070 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002071 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2072 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002073 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002074 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2075 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002077 }
2078
2079 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002080
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002081 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2082 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2083 // error cases.
2084 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2085 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002086
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002087 // Check the use of this field
2088 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2089 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002090
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002091 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002092 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2093 // (C++ [class.union]).
2094 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002095 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002096 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002097
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002098 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002099 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002100 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002101 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2102 else {
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002103 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002104 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2105 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002106 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002107 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2108 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002109 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2110 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002111 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002112
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002113 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian843336e2009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002114 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2115 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002116 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2117 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 }
2119
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002120 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002122 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002123 Var, MemberLoc,
2124 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002125 }
2126 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2127 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002128 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002129 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2130 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002131 }
Douglas Gregor4fdcdda2009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002132 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
2133 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2134 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2135 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2136 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2137 Context.OverloadTy));
2138 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002139 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2140 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002141 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002142 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002143 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2144 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002145 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2146 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002147 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002148 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002149 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2150 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002151
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002152 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2153 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2154 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002155 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2156 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2157 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002158 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002159
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002160 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002161 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002162 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2163 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2164 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2165 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2166 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2167 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2168 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2169 // Check the use of this method.
2170 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2171 return ExprError();
2172 }
2173 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2174 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2175 Selector SetterSel =
2176 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2177 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2178 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2179 if (!Setter) {
2180 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2181 // methods.
2182 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2183 }
2184 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002185 if (!Setter)
2186 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002187
2188 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2189 return ExprError();
2190
2191 if (Getter || Setter) {
2192 QualType PType;
2193
2194 if (Getter)
2195 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian1c4da452009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002196 else
2197 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2198 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002199 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian128cdc52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002200 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002201 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2202 }
2203 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2204 << &Member << BaseType);
2205 }
2206 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002207 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2208 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002209 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2210 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2211 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2212 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2213 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002214 if (IFaceT) {
2215 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2216 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2217 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2218
2219 if (IV) {
2220 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2221 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2222 // error cases.
2223 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2224 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002225
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002226 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2227 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2228 return ExprError();
2229 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2230 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2231 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2232 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2233 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2234 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2235 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2236 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2237 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2238 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2239 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2240 // AST for a function decl.
2241 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2242 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2243 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2244 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2245 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2246 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2247 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2248 }
2249
2250 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2251 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2252 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2253 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2254 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002255 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2256 // @protected
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002257 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2258 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002259 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002260
2261 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2262 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2263 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002264 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002265 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2266 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2267 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002268 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002269 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002270 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2271 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2272 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2273 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2274
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002275 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2276 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2277 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2278 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2279 // Check the use of this declaration
2280 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2281 return ExprError();
2282
2283 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2284 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2285 }
2286 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2287 // Check the use of this method.
2288 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2289 return ExprError();
2290
2291 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2292 OMD->getResultType(),
2293 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2294 NULL, 0));
2295 }
2296 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002297
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002298 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2299 << &Member << BaseType);
2300 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002301 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2302 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002303 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2304 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2305 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2306 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2307 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2308
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002309 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002310 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002311 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2312 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2313 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002314 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2315 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002316 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002317 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2318 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002319 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002320 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2321 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002322 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002323 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2324 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002325 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002326 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2327 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2328 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002329
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002330 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002331 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2332 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002333 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2334 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2335 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2336 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2337 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2338 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002339
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002340 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2341 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2342 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002343 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2344 // selector is implemented.
2345
2346 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2347 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2348
2349 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002350 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002351
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002352 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2353 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002354 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002355
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002356 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002357 if (!Getter)
2358 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002359 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002360 // Check if we can reference this property.
2361 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2362 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002363 }
2364 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2365 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2366 Selector SetterSel =
2367 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2368 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002369 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002370 if (!Setter) {
2371 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2372 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002373 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002374 }
2375 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002376 if (!Setter)
2377 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002378
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002379 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2380 return ExprError();
2381
2382 if (Getter || Setter) {
2383 QualType PType;
2384
2385 if (Getter)
2386 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian1c4da452009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002387 else
2388 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2389 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002390 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian128cdc52009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002391 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002392 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2393 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002394 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2395 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002396 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002397
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002398 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2399 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2400 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroffbbe4f962009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002401 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroff29d293b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002402 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2403 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2404
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002405 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002406 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002407 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2408 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002409 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002410 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002411 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002412 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002413
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002414 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2415 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2416
2417 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2418 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2419 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2420 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2421 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2422 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002423 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002424 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2425 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2426 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2427 }
2428
2429 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002430}
2431
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002432/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2433/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2434/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2435/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2436/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2437/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002438bool
2439Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002440 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002441 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002442 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2443 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002444 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002445 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2446 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2447 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002448 bool Invalid = false;
2449
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002450 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2451 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2452 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2453 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2454 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2455 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2456 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2457 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002458 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002459 }
2460
2461 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2462 // them.
2463 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2464 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2465 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2466 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2467 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2468 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2469 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2470 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002471 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002472 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 }
2474 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2475 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002476
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002477 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2478 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2479 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002480
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002481 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002482 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002483 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002484
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002485 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2486 ProtoArgType,
2487 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2488 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2489 return true;
2490
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002491 // Pass the argument.
2492 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2493 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002494 } else {
2495 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2496 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2497 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2498 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2499 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2500 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002501 } else {
2502 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2503
2504 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2505 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2506 // be properly destroyed.
2507 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2508 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2509 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2510 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2511 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2512 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2513 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002514 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002515
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002516 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Anders Carlsson3d752db2009-08-14 18:30:22 +00002517 Arg = CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002518 }
2519
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002520 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002521
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2523 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002524
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002525 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2526 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002527 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2528 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2529 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2530 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2531 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2532
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002533 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2534 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2535 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002536 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002537 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2538 }
2539 }
2540
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002541 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002542}
2543
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002544/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002545/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2546/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547Action::OwningExprResult
2548Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2549 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002551 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002552
2553 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2554 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
2555
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002556 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002557 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002558 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002559 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002560 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002561 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002562
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002563 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002564 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002565 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002566 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2567 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002568 bool Dependent = false;
2569 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2570 Dependent = true;
2571 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2572 Dependent = true;
2573
2574 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002575 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002576 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2577
2578 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2579 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2580 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2581 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2582
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002583 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002584 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2585 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2586 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2587 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2588 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2589 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2590 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002591 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2592 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002593 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002594 }
2595
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002596 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002597 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2598 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002599 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2600 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002601 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2602 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2603 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002604 while (true) {
2605 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2606 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2607 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002608 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002609 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002610 ADL = false;
2611 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2612 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002613 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002614 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2615 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002616 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002617 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2618 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002619 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002620 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002621 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002622 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2623 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2624 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002625 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2626 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2627 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor6631cb42009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002628 if (!NDecl)
2629 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002630 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2631 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2632 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2633
2634 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2635 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2636 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2637 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2638 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2639 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2640 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2641 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2642 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2643 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2644 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2645 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2646 //
2647 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2648 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2649 // is still possible.
2650 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2651 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002652 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002653 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002654 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2655 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2656 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002657 break;
2658 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002659 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002660
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002661 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002662 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002663 if (NDecl) {
2664 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2665 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002666 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2667 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002668 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2669 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002670 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002671
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002672 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2673 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002674 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002675 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002676 ADL = false;
2677
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002678 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2679 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2680 ADL = false;
2681
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002682 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002683 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2684 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2685 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2686 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2687 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2688 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002689 if (!FDecl)
2690 return ExprError();
2691
2692 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2693 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002694 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002695 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002696 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2697 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2698 false, false,
2699 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2700 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002701 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002702 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002703 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2704 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2705 Fn = NewFn;
2706 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002707 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002708
2709 // Promote the function operand.
2710 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2711
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002712 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2713 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002714 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2715 Args, NumArgs,
2716 Context.BoolTy,
2717 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002718
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002719 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2720 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2721 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2722 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002723 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002724 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002725 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2726 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002727 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2728 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002729 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002730 getAsFunctionType();
2731 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002732 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002733 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2734 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2735
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002736 // Check for a valid return type
2737 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2738 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2739 FuncT->getResultType(),
2740 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2741 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2742 return ExprError();
2743
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002744 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002745 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002746
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002747 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002748 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002749 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002750 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002751 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002752 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002753
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002754 if (FDecl) {
2755 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2756 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2757 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002758 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002759 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2760 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2761 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2762 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2763 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2764 }
2765 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002766 }
2767
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002768 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002769 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2770 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2771 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002772 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2773 Arg->getType(),
2774 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2775 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2776 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002777 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002778 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002779 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002780
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002781 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2782 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002783 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2784 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002785
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002786 // Check for sentinels
2787 if (NDecl)
2788 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Anders Carlsson7fb13802009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002789
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002790 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlsson7fb13802009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002791 if (FDecl) {
2792 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2793 return ExprError();
2794
2795 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context))
2796 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2797 } else if (NDecl) {
2798 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2799 return ExprError();
2800 }
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002801
Anders Carlsson54ad8a02009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002802 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002803}
2804
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002805Action::OwningExprResult
2806Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2807 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002808 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002809 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2810 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002811 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002812 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002813 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002814
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002815 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002816 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002817 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2818 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002819 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2820 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2821 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002822 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002823 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002824
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002825 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002826 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002827 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002828
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002829 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002830 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002831 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002832 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002833 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002834 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002835 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002836 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002837}
2838
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002839Action::OwningExprResult
2840Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002841 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2842 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2843 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002844
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002845 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002846 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002847
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002848 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002849 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002850 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002851 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002852}
2853
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002854/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlc358b622009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002855bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002856 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002857 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002858 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002859
Eli Friedman01e0f652009-08-15 19:02:19 +00002860 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002861
2862 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2863 // type needs to be scalar.
2864 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2865 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2866 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002867 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2868 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2869 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2870 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002871 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002872 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2873 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonb4671fa2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002874 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002875 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2876 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002877 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002878 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002879 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002880 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2881 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2882 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2883 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2884 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2885 break;
2886 }
2887 }
2888 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2889 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2890 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonb4671fa2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00002891 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002892 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002893 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002894 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002895 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002896 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002897 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002898 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002899 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2900 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002901 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002902 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2903 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002904 return true;
2905 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2906 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2907 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002908 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2909 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2910 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002911 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002912 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002913 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2914 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2915 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2916 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2917 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2918 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2919 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2920 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2921 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2922 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2923 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002924 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002925 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2926 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002927 return false;
2928}
2929
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002930bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002931 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002932
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002933 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002934 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002935 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002936 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002937 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002938 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002939 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002940 } else
2941 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002942 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002943 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002944
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002945 return false;
2946}
2947
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002948bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
2949 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
2950
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00002951 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
2952 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002953 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
2954 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
2955 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
2956 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
2957 return false;
2958 }
2959
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002960 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002961 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
2962 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00002963 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
2964 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2965 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
2966 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002967 return false;
2968}
2969
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002970Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002971Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002972 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002973 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
2974
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002975 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2976 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002977
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002978 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002979 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2980 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002981
2982 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
2983 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
2984 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002985
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002986 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
2987 Kind))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002988 return ExprError();
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002989
2990 Op.release();
Sebastian Redl0e35d042009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002991 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson9583fa72009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002992 Kind, castExpr, castType,
2993 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002994}
2995
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002996/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
2997/// of comma binary operators.
2998Action::OwningExprResult
2999Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3000 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3001 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3002 if (!E)
3003 return Owned(expr);
3004
3005 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
3006
3007 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3008 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3009 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
3010
3011 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3012}
3013
3014Action::OwningExprResult
3015Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3016 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3017 QualType Ty) {
3018 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
3019
3020 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
3021 // then handle it as such.
3022 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3023 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3024 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3025 return ExprError();
3026 }
3027
3028 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3029 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3030 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3031
3032 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3033 // braces instead of the original commas.
3034 Op.release();
3035 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
3036 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3037 E->setType(Ty);
3038 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
3039 Owned(E));
3040 } else {
3041 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
3042 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3043 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3044 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3045 }
3046}
3047
3048Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3049 SourceLocation R,
3050 MultiExprArg Val) {
3051 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3052 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3053 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3054 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3055 return Owned(expr);
3056}
3057
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003058/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3059/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003060/// C99 6.5.15
3061QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3062 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003063 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3065 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3066
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003067 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3068 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3069 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3070 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3071 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3072 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003073
3074 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003075 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3076 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3077 << CondTy;
3078 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003079 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003080
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003081 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begemane85f43d2009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003082 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3083 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003084
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003085 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3086 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003087 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3088 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3089 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003090 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003091
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003092 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3093 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003094 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3095 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003096 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003097 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003098 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003099 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003100 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003101 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003102
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003103 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003104 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003105 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3106 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3107 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3108 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3109 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3110 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3111 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3112 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3113 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003114 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003115 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003116 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3117 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003118 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003119 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3120 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3121 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003122 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003123 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003124 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3125 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3126 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003127 }
David Chisnall44663db2009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003128 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3129 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3130 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3131 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3132 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3133 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3134 return LHSTy;
3135 }
3136 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3137 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3138 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3139 return RHSTy;
3140 }
3141 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3142 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3143 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3144 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3145 return LHSTy;
3146 }
3147 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3148 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3149 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3150 return RHSTy;
3151 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003152 // Handle block pointer types.
3153 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3154 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3155 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3156 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3157 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3158 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3159 return destType;
3160 }
3161 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3162 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3163 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003164 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003165 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3166 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3167 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003168 return LHSTy;
3169 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003170 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003171 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3172 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003173
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003174 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3175 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003176 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3177 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3178 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3179 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3180 // to get a consistent AST.
3181 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3182 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3183 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3184 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003185 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003186 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3187 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3188 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003189 return LHSTy;
3190 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003191 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003192 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003193
3194 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3195 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3196 return LHSTy;
3197 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3199 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003200 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3201
3202 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3203 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3204 // type. This allows
3205 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3206 // where B is a subclass of A.
3207 //
3208 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3209 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3210 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3211 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3212
3213 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3214 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003215 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003216 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003217 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003218 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003219 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3220 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003221 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003222 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3223 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3224 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3225 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3226 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3227 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003228 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3229 } else {
3230 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3231 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3232 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3233 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3234 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3235 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3236 return incompatTy;
3237 }
3238 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3239 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3240 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3241 return compositeType;
3242 }
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003243 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3244 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003245 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003246 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3247 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3248 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3249 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3250 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3251 return destType;
3252 }
3253 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3254 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003255 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff4ace8ac2009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003256 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3257 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3258 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3259 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3260 return destType;
3261 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003262 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3263 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3264 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003265 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3266 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003267
3268 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3269 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3270 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3271 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3272 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3273 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3274 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3275 return destType;
3276 }
3277 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3278 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3279 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3280 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3281 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3282 return destType;
3283 }
3284
3285 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3286 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3287 return LHSTy;
3288 }
3289 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3290 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3291 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3292 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3293 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3294 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3295 // to get a consistent AST.
3296 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3297 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3298 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3299 return incompatTy;
3300 }
3301 // The pointer types are compatible.
3302 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3303 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3304 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3305 // type.
3306 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3307 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3308 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3309 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3310 return LHSTy;
3311 }
3312
3313 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3314 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3315 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3316 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3317 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3318 return RHSTy;
3319 }
3320 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3321 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3322 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3323 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3324 return LHSTy;
3325 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003326
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003327 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003328 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3329 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003330 return QualType();
3331}
3332
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003333/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003334/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003335Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3336 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3337 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3338 ExprArg RHS) {
3339 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3340 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003341
3342 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3343 // was the condition.
3344 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3345 if (isLHSNull)
3346 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003347
3348 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3350 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003351 return ExprError();
3352
3353 Cond.release();
3354 LHS.release();
3355 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003356 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003357 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3358 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003359}
3360
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003361// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003363// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3364// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3365// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003366Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003367Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3368 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003369
David Chisnall44663db2009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003370 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3371 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3372 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3373 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3374 return Compatible;
3375 }
3376
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003377 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003378 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3379 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003381 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003382 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3383 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003384
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003385 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386
3387 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3388 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3389 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003390 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003391 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003392 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003393
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3395 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003396 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003397 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003398 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003399 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003401 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003402 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3403 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003404 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003405
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003406 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003407 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003408 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003409
3410 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003411 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3412 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003413 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003414 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003415 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003416 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3417 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3418 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3419 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3420 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3421 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3422 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3423 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3424 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3425 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3426 }
3427 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3428 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3429 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3430 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3431 }
3432 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3433 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3434 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3435 // warning can be disabled.
3436 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3437 return ConvTy;
3438 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3439 }
3440 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3441 return IncompatiblePointer;
3442 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003443 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003444}
3445
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003446/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3447/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3448/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3449// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003450Sema::AssignConvertType
3451Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003452 QualType rhsType) {
3453 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003454
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003455 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003456 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3457 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003458
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003459 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3460 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3461 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003463 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003465 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3466 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3467 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003469 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003470 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003471 return ConvTy;
3472}
3473
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3475/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003476/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3477///
3478/// int a, *pint;
3479/// short *pshort;
3480/// struct foo *pfoo;
3481///
3482/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3483/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3484/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3485/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3486///
3487/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003488/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003489///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003490Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003491Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003492 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3493 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003494 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3495 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003496
3497 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003498 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003499
David Chisnall44663db2009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003500 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3501 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3502 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3503 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3504 return Compatible;
3505 }
3506
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003507 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3508 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3509 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3510 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3511 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3512 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3513 // type.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003514 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003515 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003516 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003517 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003518 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003519 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3520 // to the same ExtVector type.
3521 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3522 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3523 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3524 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3525 return Compatible;
3526 }
3527
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003528 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003529 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003530 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003531 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003532 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3533 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003534 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003535 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003536 }
3537 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003539
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003540 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003541 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003542
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003543 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003544 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003545 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003546
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003547 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003548 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003550 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003551 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003552 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3553 return Compatible;
3554 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003555 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003556 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3557 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003558 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003559
3560 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003561 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003562 return Compatible;
3563 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003564 return Incompatible;
3565 }
3566
3567 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3568 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003569 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003571 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003572 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003573 return Compatible;
3574
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003575 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3576 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003578 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003579 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003580 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003581 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003582 return Incompatible;
3583 }
3584
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003585 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3586 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3587 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003588
3589 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003590 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003591 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3592 return Compatible;
3593 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003594 }
3595 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003596 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3597 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003598 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3599 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff99eb86b2009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003600 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3601 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003602 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003603 }
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003604 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003605 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3606 return Compatible;
3607 }
3608 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3609 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3610 return Compatible;
3611 return Incompatible;
3612 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003613 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003614 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003615 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3616 return Compatible;
3617
3618 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003619 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003620
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003621 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003622 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003623
3624 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003625 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003626 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003627 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003628 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003629 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3630 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3631 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3632 return Compatible;
3633
3634 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3635 return PointerToInt;
3636
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003637 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003638 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003639 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3640 return Compatible;
3641 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003642 }
3643 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003644 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003645 return Compatible;
3646 return Incompatible;
3647 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003648
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003649 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003650 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003651 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003652 }
3653 return Incompatible;
3654}
3655
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003656/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3657/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3658static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3659 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3660 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3661 // of the transparent union.
3662 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3663 &E, 1,
3664 SourceLocation());
3665 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3666 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3667
3668 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3669 // union type from this initializer list.
3670 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3671 false);
3672}
3673
3674Sema::AssignConvertType
3675Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3676 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3677
3678 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3679 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3680 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003681 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003682 return Incompatible;
3683
3684 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3685 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3686 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3687 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003688 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3689 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003690 it != itend; ++it) {
3691 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3692 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3693 // 1) void pointer
3694 // 2) null pointer constant
3695 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003696 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003697 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3698 InitField = *it;
3699 break;
3700 }
3701
3702 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3703 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3704 InitField = *it;
3705 break;
3706 }
3707 }
3708
3709 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3710 == Compatible) {
3711 InitField = *it;
3712 break;
3713 }
3714 }
3715
3716 if (!InitField)
3717 return Incompatible;
3718
3719 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3720 return Compatible;
3721}
3722
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003723Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003724Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3726 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3727 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3728 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3729 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003730 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3731 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003732 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003733 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003734 }
3735
3736 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3737 // structures.
3738 }
3739
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003740 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3741 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003742 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003743 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003744 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003745 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003746 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003747 return Compatible;
3748 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003749
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003750 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003751 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003752 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003753 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003754 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003756 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3757 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003758
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003759 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3760 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003761
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003762 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3763 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003764 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3765 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3766 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3767 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003768 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003769 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003770 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003771}
3772
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003773QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003774 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003775 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003776 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003777 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003778}
3779
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003780inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003781 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003782 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003783 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003784 QualType lhsType =
3785 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3786 QualType rhsType =
3787 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003789 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003790 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003791 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003792
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003793 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3794 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003795 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3796 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3797 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003798 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3799 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003800 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003801 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003802 }
3803 }
3804 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003805
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003806 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3807 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3808 bool swapped = false;
3809 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3810 swapped = true;
3811 std::swap(rex, lex);
3812 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3813 }
3814
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003815 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003816 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3817 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3818 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3819 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003820 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003821 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3822 return lhsType;
3823 }
3824 }
3825 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3826 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3827 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003828 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003829 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3830 return lhsType;
3831 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003832 }
3833 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003834
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003835 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003836 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003837 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003838 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003839 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003840}
3841
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003842inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003843 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003844{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003845 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003846 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003848 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003849
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003850 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003851 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003852 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003853}
3854
3855inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003856 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003857{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003858 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3859 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3860 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3861 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3862 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003863
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003864 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003865
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003866 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003867 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003868 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003869}
3870
3871inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003872 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003873{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003874 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3875 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3876 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3877 return compType;
3878 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003879
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003880 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003881
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003882 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003883 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3884 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3885 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003886 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003887 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003888
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003889 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3890 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003891 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003892 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3893
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003894 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003896 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003897 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003898
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003899 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3900 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003901 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3902 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003903 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003904 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003905 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003906
3907 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3908 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3909 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003910 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003911 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3913 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3914 return QualType();
3915 }
3916
3917 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3918 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3919 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003920 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003921 // Check if we require a complete type.
3922 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003923 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003924 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3925 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3926 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3927 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3928 PExp->getType()))
3929 return QualType();
3930 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003931 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3932 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3933 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3934 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3935 return QualType();
3936 }
3937
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003938 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003939 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
3940 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
3941 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3942 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3943 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003944 }
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003945 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3946 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003947 return PExp->getType();
3948 }
3949 }
3950
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003951 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003952}
3953
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003954// C99 6.5.6
3955QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003956 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3957 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3958 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3959 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3960 return compType;
3961 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003962
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003963 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003964
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003965 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003966
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003967 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003968 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3969 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003970 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003971 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003972 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003973
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003974 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003975 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003976 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003977
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003978 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003979
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003980 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3981 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3982 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3983 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3985 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3986 return QualType();
3987 }
3988
3989 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3990 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3991 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3992 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3993 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003994 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003995 return QualType();
3996 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003997
3998 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3999 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4000 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4001 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4002 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4003 lex->getSourceRange(),
4004 SourceRange(),
4005 lex->getType()))
4006 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004007
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004008 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4009 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4011 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4012 return QualType();
4013 }
4014
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004015 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004016 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4017 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4018 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4019 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4020 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4021 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4022 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4023 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4024
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004025 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004026 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004027 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004029 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004030 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004031 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004032
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004033 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4034 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4035 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4037 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4038 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4039 return QualType();
4040 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004042 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4043 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4044 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004046 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004047 return QualType();
4048 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004049
4050 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4051 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4052 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4053 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4054 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4055 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4056 rex->getSourceRange(),
4057 SourceRange(),
4058 rex->getType()))
4059 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004060
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004061 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4062 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4063 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4064 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4065 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4066 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4067 return QualType();
4068 }
4069 } else {
4070 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4071 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4072 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4073 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4074 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4075 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4076 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4077 return QualType();
4078 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004079 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004080
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004081 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4082 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4083 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4084 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4085 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4086 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4087 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004088
4089 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004090 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4091 }
4092 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004093
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004094 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004095}
4096
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004097// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004098QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004099 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004100 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4101 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004102 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004104 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4105 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman1931cc82009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004106 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4107 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4108 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4109 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4110 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004111 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004112 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004113 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4114
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004115 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116
Ryan Flynnf109fff2009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004117 // Sanity-check shift operands
4118 llvm::APSInt Right;
4119 // Check right/shifter operand
4120 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynna5e76932009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004121 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf109fff2009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004122 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4123 else {
4124 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4125 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4126 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4127 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4128 }
4129 }
4130
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004131 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004132 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004133}
4134
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004135// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004136QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004137 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4138 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4139
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004140 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004141 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004142
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004143 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004144 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4145 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4146 else {
4147 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4148 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4149 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004150 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4151 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004152
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004153 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4154 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004155 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4156 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4157 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004158 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4159 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004160 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4161 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4162 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4163 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004164 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4165 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004167
4168 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4169 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4170 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4171 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4172
4173 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4174 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004175 Expr *literalString = 0;
4176 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004177 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004178 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4179 literalString = lex;
4180 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004181 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4182 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4183 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004184 literalString = rex;
4185 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4186 }
4187
4188 if (literalString) {
4189 std::string resultComparison;
4190 switch (Opc) {
4191 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4192 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4193 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4194 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4195 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4196 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4197 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4198 }
4199 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4200 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4201 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004202 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4203 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4204 "strcmp(")
4205 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4206 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004207 resultComparison);
4208 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004209 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004210
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004211 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004212 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004213
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004214 if (isRelational) {
4215 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004216 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004217 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004218 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004219 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004220 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004221 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004222 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004223
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004224 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004225 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004226 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004227
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004228 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4229 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004230
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004231 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4232 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4233 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004234 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004235 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004236 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004237 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004238 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004239
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004240 if (isRelational) {
4241 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004242 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4243 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4244 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004245 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4246 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4247 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4248 }
4249 } else {
4250 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4251 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4252 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4253 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4254 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004255 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004256
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004257 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4258 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4259 return ResultTy;
4260
4261 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4262 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4263 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4264 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4265 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4266 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4267 //
4268 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4269 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004270 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004271 if (T.isNull()) {
4272 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4273 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4274 return QualType();
4275 }
4276
4277 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4278 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4279 return ResultTy;
4280 }
4281
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004282 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004283 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4284 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004285 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004286 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004287 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004288 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004289 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004290 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004291 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004292 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4293 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4294 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4295 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4296 return ResultTy;
4297 }
4298 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4299 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4300 return ResultTy;
4301 }
4302 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4303 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4304 return ResultTy;
4305 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004306 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004307 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004308 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4309 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004311 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004312 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004313 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004314 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004315 }
4316 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004317 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004318 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004319 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004320 if (!isRelational
4321 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4322 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004323 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004324 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004325 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004326 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004327 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4328 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4329 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004330 }
4331 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004332 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004333 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004334
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004335 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004336 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004337 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4338 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004339 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004340 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004341 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004342 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004343
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004344 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4345 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004346 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004347 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004348 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004349 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004350 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004351 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004352 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4353 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4355 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4356 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004357 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004358 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004359 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004360 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004361 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004362 if (isRelational)
4363 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4364 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4365 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004366 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004367 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004368 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004369 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004370 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004371 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004372 if (isRelational)
4373 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4374 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4375 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004376 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004377 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004378 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004379 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004380 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004381 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004382 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4383 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004384 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004385 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004386 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004387 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4388 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004389 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004390 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004391 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004392 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004393}
4394
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004395/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004396/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004397/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4398/// types.
4399QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004400 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004401 bool isRelational) {
4402 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4403 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004404 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004405 if (vType.isNull())
4406 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004408 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4409 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004410
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004411 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4412 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4413 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4414 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4415 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4416 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4417 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004418 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004419 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004420
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004421 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4422 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4423 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004424 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004425 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004427 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4428 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4429 // elements for floating point vectors.
4430 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4431 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004433 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004434 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004435 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004436 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004437 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004438 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4439
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004441 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004442 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4443}
4444
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004445inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004447{
4448 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004449 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004450
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004451 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004453 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004454 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004455 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004456}
4457
4458inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004459 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004460{
4461 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4462 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004463
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004464 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004465 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004466 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004467}
4468
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004469/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4470/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4471/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4472///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004473static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004474{
4475 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4476 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4477 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4478 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004479 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4480 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4481 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4482 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4483 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004484 }
4485 }
4486 return false;
4487}
4488
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004489/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4490/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4491static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004492 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4493 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4494 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004495 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4496 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004497 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4498 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004499
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004500 unsigned Diag = 0;
4501 bool NeedType = false;
4502 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4503 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4504 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004506 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4507 NeedType = true;
4508 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004509 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004510 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4511 NeedType = true;
4512 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004513 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004514 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4515 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004516 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004517 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4518 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004519 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4520 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004521 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004522 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4523 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004524 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004525 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4526 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004527 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004528 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4529 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004530 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4531 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4532 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004533 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4534 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4535 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004536 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004537
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004538 SourceRange Assign;
4539 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4540 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004541 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004542 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004543 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004544 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004545 return true;
4546}
4547
4548
4549
4550// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004551QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4552 SourceLocation Loc,
4553 QualType CompoundType) {
4554 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4555 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004556 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004557
4558 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4559 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004560
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004561 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004562 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004563 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004564 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004565 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4566 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4567 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004568 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004569 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004570 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004571 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004573 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4574 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4575 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004576 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004577 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4578 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4579 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4580 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4581 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004582 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004583 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004584 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4585 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4586 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004587 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4588 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004589 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4590 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4591 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004592 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004593 }
4594 } else {
4595 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004596 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004597 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004598
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004599 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4600 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004601 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004602
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004603 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4604 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004605 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004606 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4607 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004608 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004609 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004610 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004611}
4612
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004613// C99 6.5.17
4614QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004615 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004616 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004617
4618 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4619 // incomplete in C++).
4620
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004621 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004622}
4623
4624/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4625/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004626QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4627 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004628 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4629 return Context.DependentTy;
4630
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004631 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4632 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004633
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4635 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4636 if (!isInc) {
4637 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4638 return QualType();
4639 }
4640 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4641 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4642 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004643 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004644 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4645 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004646
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004647 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004648 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004649 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4650 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4651 << Op->getSourceRange();
4652 return QualType();
4653 }
4654
4655 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004656 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004657 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4659 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4660 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4661 return QualType();
4662 }
4663
4664 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004665 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004666 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004667 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4668 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4669 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004670 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004671 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4672 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4673 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4674 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4675 return QualType();
4676 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004677 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4678 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4679 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004680 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004681 } else {
4682 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004683 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004684 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004685 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004687 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004688 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004689 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004690 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004691}
4692
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004693/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004694/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004695/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4696/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4697/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4698/// - &(x) => x
4699/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4700/// - &s.xx => s
4701/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4702/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4703/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4704/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004705static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004706 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004707 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004708 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004709 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004711 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4712 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4713 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004714 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004715 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004716 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004717 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004718 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004719 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4720 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004721 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4722 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4723 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4724 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4725 }
4726 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004727 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004728 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4729 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004731 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004732 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4733 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4734 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4735 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4736 default:
4737 return 0;
4738 }
4739 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004740 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004741 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004742 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004743 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4744 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004745 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004746 default:
4747 return 0;
4748 }
4749}
4750
4751/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004752/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004753/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004754/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004755/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004756/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004757/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004758QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004759 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4760 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4761
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004762 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4763 return Context.DependentTy;
4764
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004765 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4766 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4767 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4768 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4769 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4770 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4771 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4772 }
4773 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4774 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4775 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004776 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004777 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004778
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004779 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4780 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004781 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004782 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004783 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004784 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4785 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004786 return QualType();
4787 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004788 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004789 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4790 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4791 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004792 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004793 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4794 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004795 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004796 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004797 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004798 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004799 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4800 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4801 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4802 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4803 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004804 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004805 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004806 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4807 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4808 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004809 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4810 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 return QualType();
4812 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004813 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4814 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004815 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004816 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004817 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004818 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4819 // scope qualifier for the class.
4820 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4821 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004822 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4823 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4824 Diag(OpLoc,
4825 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4826 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4827 return QualType();
4828 }
4829
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004830 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4831 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004832 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004833 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004834 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004835 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004836 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004837 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4838 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4839 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4840 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004841 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004842 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004843
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004844 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4845 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4846 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4847 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4848 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4849 }
4850
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004851 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4852 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4853}
4854
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004855QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004856 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4857 return Context.DependentTy;
4858
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004859 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4860 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004861
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004862 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4863 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4864 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4865 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004866 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004867 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004868
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004869 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4870 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4871
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004872 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004873 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004874 return QualType();
4875}
4876
4877static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4878 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4879 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4880 switch (Kind) {
4881 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004882 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4883 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004884 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4885 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4886 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4887 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4888 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4889 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4890 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4891 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4892 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4893 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4894 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4895 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4896 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4897 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4898 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4899 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4900 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4901 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4902 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4903 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4904 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4905 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4906 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4907 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4908 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4909 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4910 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4911 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4912 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4913 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4914 }
4915 return Opc;
4916}
4917
4918static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4919 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4920 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4921 switch (Kind) {
4922 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4923 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4924 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4925 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4926 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4927 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4928 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4929 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4930 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004931 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4932 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4933 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4934 }
4935 return Opc;
4936}
4937
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004938/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4939/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4940/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004941Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4942 unsigned Op,
4943 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004944 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004945 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004946 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4947 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4948 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004949
4950 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004951 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4952 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4953 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004954 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4955 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4956 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4957 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4958 break;
4959 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004960 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4961 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4962 break;
4963 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4964 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4965 break;
4966 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4967 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4968 break;
4969 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4970 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4971 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004972 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004973 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4974 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4975 break;
4976 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4977 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4978 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4979 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004980 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004981 break;
4982 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4983 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004984 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004985 break;
4986 case BinaryOperator::And:
4987 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4988 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4989 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4990 break;
4991 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4992 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4993 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4994 break;
4995 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4996 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004997 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4998 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4999 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5000 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005001 break;
5002 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005003 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5004 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5005 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5006 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005007 break;
5008 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005009 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5010 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5011 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005012 break;
5013 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005014 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5015 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5016 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005017 break;
5018 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5019 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005020 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5021 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5022 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5023 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005024 break;
5025 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5026 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5027 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005028 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5029 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5030 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5031 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005032 break;
5033 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5034 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5035 break;
5036 }
5037 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005038 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005039 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005040 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5041 else
5042 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005043 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5044 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005045}
5046
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005047// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005048Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5049 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5050 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005051 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005052 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005053
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005054 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5055 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005056
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005057 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5058 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5059 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5060 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5061 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5062 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5063 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005064 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005065 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5066 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5067 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5068 Functions);
5069 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5070 DeclarationName OpName
5071 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5072 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005073 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005074
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005075 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5076 // binary operation.
5077 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005078 }
5079
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005080 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5081 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005082}
5083
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005084Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5085 unsigned OpcIn,
5086 ExprArg InputArg) {
5087 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005088
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005089 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005090 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005091 QualType resultType;
5092 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005093 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5094 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5095 break;
5096
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005097 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5098 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005099 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5100 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005101 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman79341142009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005102 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5103 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005104 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005105 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005106 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5107 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005108 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005109 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005110 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5111 break;
5112 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5113 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5114 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5115 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005116 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5117 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005118 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5119 break;
5120 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5121 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5122 break;
5123 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5124 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5125 resultType->isPointerType())
5126 break;
5127
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005128 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5129 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005130 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5131 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5132 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005133 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5134 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005135 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5136 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5137 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005138 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005139 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005140 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005141 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5142 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005143 break;
5144 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5145 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5146 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5147 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005148 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5149 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005150 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005151 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5152 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005153 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005154 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5155 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005156 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005157 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005158 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005159 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005160 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005161 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005162 resultType = Input->getType();
5163 break;
5164 }
5165 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005166 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005167
5168 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005169 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005170}
5171
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005172// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5173Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5174 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5175 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5176 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5177
5178 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5179 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5180 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5181 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5182 // the arguments.
5183 FunctionSet Functions;
5184 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5185 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5186 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5187 Functions);
5188 DeclarationName OpName
5189 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5190 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5191 }
5192
5193 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5194 }
5195
5196 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5197}
5198
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005199/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005200Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5201 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5202 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005203 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005204 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005206 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5207 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005208 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005209 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005210
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005211 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005212 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5213 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005214}
5215
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005216Sema::OwningExprResult
5217Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5218 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5219 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005220 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5221 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5222
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005223 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005224 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005225 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005226
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005227 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5228 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5229 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005230
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005231 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5232 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5233 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005234
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005235 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5236 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5237 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5238 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5239 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005241 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005242 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005243 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005244
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005245 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5246 // expressions are not lvalues.
5247
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005248 substmt.release();
5249 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005250}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005251
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005252Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5253 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5254 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5255 TypeTy *argty,
5256 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5257 unsigned NumComponents,
5258 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5259 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5260 // error.
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005261 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5262 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005263 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005264
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005265 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5266
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005267 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5268 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5269 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005270 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005271 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005272
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005273 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5274 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005275
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005276 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5277 // the offsetof designators.
5278 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5279 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005280 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005281 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005282
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005283 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5284 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005285 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5286 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005287 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005288 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5289 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005290
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005291 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005292 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005293
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005294 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5295 // leaks like a sieve.
5296 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5297 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5298 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5299 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5300 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5301 if (!AT) {
5302 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005303 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5304 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005305 }
5306
5307 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5308
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005309 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5310 // expression.
5311 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5312
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005313 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5314 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005315 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005316 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005317 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005318 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005319 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005320
5321 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5322 OC.LocEnd);
5323 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005324 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005325
Ted Kremenekd00cd9e2009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005326 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005327 if (!RC) {
5328 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005329 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5330 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005331 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005332
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005333 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5334 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005335 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005336 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005337 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5338 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5339 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005340 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5341 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005342 }
5343
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005344 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5345 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5346 LookupMemberName)
5347 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005348 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005349 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005350 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5351 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005352
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005353 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5354 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005355 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005356 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5357 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005358 } else {
5359 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5360 // doesn't matter here.
5361 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5362 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5363 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005364 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005365 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005366
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005367 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5368 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005369}
5370
5371
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005372Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5373 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5374 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005375 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5376 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5377 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005378
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005379 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005380
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005381 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5382 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5383 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5384 return ExprError();
5385 }
5386
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005387 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5388 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005389}
5390
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005391Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5392 ExprArg cond,
5393 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5394 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5395 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5396 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5397 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005398
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005399 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5400
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005401 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005402 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005403 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5404 } else {
5405 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5406 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5407 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5408 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005409 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5410 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5411 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005412
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005413 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5414 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5415 }
5416
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005417 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5418 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5419 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005420}
5421
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005422//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5423// Clang Extensions.
5424//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5425
5426/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005427void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005428 // Analyze block parameters.
5429 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005430
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005431 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5432 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5433 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005434
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005435 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005436 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005437 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarc7ef2b92009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005438 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005439 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5440 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005441
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005442 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005443 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005444}
5445
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005446void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005447 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005448
5449 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5450 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005451 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005452 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5453
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005454 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5455 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5456 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5457 return;
5458 }
5459
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005460 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5461 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5462 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5463
5464 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5465 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005466 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005467 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005468 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005469 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005470 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5471 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005472 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5473
5474 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5475 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5476 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5477 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5478 return;
5479 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005480 return;
5481 }
5482
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005483 // Analyze arguments to block.
5484 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5485 "Not a function declarator!");
5486 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005488 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5489 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005490
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005491 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5492 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5493 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5494 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005495 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5496 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005497 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005498 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005499 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5500 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005501 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005502 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005503 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005504 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005505 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005506 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005507 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005508 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5509 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5510 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5511 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5512 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005513
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005514 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005515 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005516 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005517 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005518 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005519 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5520 }
5521
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005522 // Analyze the return type.
5523 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5524 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5525
5526 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5527 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5528 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5529 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5530 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005531 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005532}
5533
5534/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5535/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5536void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5537 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5538 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005539
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005540 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5541
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005542 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005543 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005544 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005545 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005546}
5547
5548/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5549/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005550Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5551 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005552 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5553 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5554 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5555
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005556 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5557 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005558
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005559 PopDeclContext();
5560
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005561 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5562 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005563
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005564 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005565 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5566 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005567
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005568 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5569 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5570 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005571
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005572 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005573 QualType BlockTy;
5574 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005575 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5576 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005577 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005578 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005579 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5580 NoReturn);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005581
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005582 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005583 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005584 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005585
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005586 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5587 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5588 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5589 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5590
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005591 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump8e288f42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005592 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005593 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5594 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005595}
5596
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005597Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5598 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5599 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argiris Kirtzidisd6802ba2009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005600 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005601 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5602 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5603
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005604 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005605
5606 // Get the va_list type
5607 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005608 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5609 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5610 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5611 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005612 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005613 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5614 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5615 } else {
5616 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5617 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005618 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5619 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005620 return ExprError();
5621 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005622
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005623 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5624 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005625 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5626 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005627 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005628 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005629
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005630 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005631 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005632
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005633 expr.release();
5634 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5635 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005636}
5637
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005638Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005639 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5640 // pointers on the target.
5641 QualType Ty;
5642 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5643 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5644 else
5645 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5646
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005647 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005648}
5649
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005650bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5651 SourceLocation Loc,
5652 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5653 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5654 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5655 bool isInvalid = false;
5656 unsigned DiagKind;
5657 switch (ConvTy) {
5658 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5659 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005660 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005661 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5662 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005663 case IntToPointer:
5664 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5665 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005666 case IncompatiblePointer:
5667 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5668 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005669 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5670 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5671 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005672 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5673 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5674 break;
5675 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005676 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5677 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5678 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5679 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5680 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5681 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5682 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5683 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5684 // C++ semantics.
5685 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5686 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5687 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005688 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5689 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005690 case IntToBlockPointer:
5691 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5692 break;
5693 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005694 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005695 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005696 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005697 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005698 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5699 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5700 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005701 case IncompatibleVectors:
5702 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5703 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005704 case Incompatible:
5705 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5706 isInvalid = true;
5707 break;
5708 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005709
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005710 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5711 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005712 return isInvalid;
5713}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005714
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005715bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005716 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5717 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5718 if (Result)
5719 *Result = ICEResult;
5720 return false;
5721 }
5722
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005723 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5724
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005725 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005726 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5727 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5728
5729 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5730 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5731 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5732 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5733 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5734 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5735 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005736
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005737 return true;
5738 }
5739
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005740 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5741 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005742
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005743 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5744 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5745 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005746
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005747 if (Result)
5748 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5749 return false;
5750}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005751
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005752Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5753Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5754 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5755 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5756 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5757
5758 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5759 return NewContext;
5760}
5761
5762void
5763Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5764 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5765 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5766
5767 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5768 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5769 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5770 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5771 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5772 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5773 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5774
5775 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5776 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5777 I != IEnd; ++I)
5778 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5779 }
5780}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005781
5782/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5783///
5784/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5785/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5786/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5787/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5788///
5789/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5790///
5791/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5792void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5793 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5794
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005795 if (D->isUsed())
5796 return;
5797
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005798 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5799 // template or not.
5800 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5801 D->setUsed(true);
5802
5803 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5804 // an instantiation.
5805 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5806 return;
5807
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005808 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5809 case Unevaluated:
5810 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5811 return;
5812
5813 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5814 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5815 // "used"; handle this below.
5816 break;
5817
5818 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5819 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5820 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5821 // potentially evaluated.
5822 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5823 return;
5824 }
5825
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005826 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005827 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005828 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005829 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5830 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5831 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump90fc78e2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005832 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5833 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005834 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5835 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5836 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005837 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5838 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5839 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5840
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005841 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5842 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5843 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5844 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5845 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5846 }
5847 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005848 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005849 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5850 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005851 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005852 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5853 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5854 // instantiated, naturally).
5855 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5856 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005857 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005858 }
5859
5860
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005861 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005862 Function->setUsed(true);
5863 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005864 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005865
5866 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005867 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5868 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5869 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5870 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5871 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5872 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5873
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005874 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005875
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005876 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor181fe792009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005877 return;
5878}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005879}
5880